1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
69 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
70 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
73 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
74 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
75 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
76 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
77 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
78 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
79 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
80 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
81 CIE = Common Information Entry
82 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
83 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
84 FDE = Frame Description Entry
85 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
86 how to restore registers
88 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
89 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
91 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
95 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
97 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
98 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
99 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
102 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
103 || flag_unwind_tables
104 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
109 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
111 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
114 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
115 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
117 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
119 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
121 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
122 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
123 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
124 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
125 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
129 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
130 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
132 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
134 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
136 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
138 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
143 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
145 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
147 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
150 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
151 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
152 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
155 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
157 default_eh_frame_section (void)
159 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
160 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
162 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
166 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
167 must be kept around forever. */
168 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
170 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
171 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
172 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
173 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
175 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
176 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
177 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
178 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
179 define type declaration DIE's. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
182 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
183 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
184 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
187 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
188 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
189 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
191 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
192 Information instructions. The register number, offset
193 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
194 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
196 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
198 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
204 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
206 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
207 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
208 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
209 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
213 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
215 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
216 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
217 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
219 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
224 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
225 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
226 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
227 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
228 of this structure. */
229 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
232 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
233 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
234 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
237 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
238 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
239 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
240 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
241 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
245 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
246 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
247 const char *dw_fde_end
;
248 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
249 unsigned funcdef_number
;
250 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
251 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
252 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
256 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
257 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
259 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
260 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
261 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
262 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
264 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
265 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
268 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
269 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
270 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
273 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
274 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
277 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
278 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
279 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
282 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
283 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
285 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
286 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
289 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
291 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
292 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
293 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
295 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
296 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
297 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
298 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
300 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
304 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
305 information for each routine. */
306 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
309 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
311 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
312 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
316 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
318 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
319 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
321 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
322 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
323 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
324 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
325 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
326 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
329 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
332 unsigned int refcount
;
337 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
339 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
340 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
342 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
344 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
346 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
347 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
348 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
349 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
350 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
351 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
352 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
353 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
354 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
355 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
356 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
357 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
358 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
);
359 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
360 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
361 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
362 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
364 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
365 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
366 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
367 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
368 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
370 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
372 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
373 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
374 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
377 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
378 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
379 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
381 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
382 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
385 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
386 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
389 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
390 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
393 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
394 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
395 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
396 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
397 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
398 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
399 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
400 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
401 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
402 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
403 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
405 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
406 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
408 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
410 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
412 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
416 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
417 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
418 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
419 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
422 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
423 for the current function. */
424 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
425 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
428 /* Hook used by __throw. */
431 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
433 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
436 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
437 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
440 stripattributes (const char *s
)
442 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
447 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
454 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
457 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
460 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
461 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
462 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
463 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
465 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
466 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
468 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
469 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
472 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
473 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
474 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
476 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
478 wrote_return_column
= true;
480 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
484 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
487 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
488 if (! wrote_return_column
)
490 i
= DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
491 wrote_return_column
= false;
493 i
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
496 if (! wrote_return_column
)
498 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
499 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
500 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
501 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
505 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
508 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
512 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
513 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
515 return "DW_CFA_offset";
517 return "DW_CFA_restore";
521 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
523 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
526 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
527 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
528 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
529 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
530 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
531 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
532 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
533 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
534 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
535 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
536 case DW_CFA_register
:
537 return "DW_CFA_register";
538 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
539 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
540 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
541 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
543 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
544 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
545 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
547 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
550 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
552 case DW_CFA_expression
:
553 return "DW_CFA_expression";
554 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
555 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
561 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
562 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
563 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
566 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
567 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
568 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
569 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
570 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
571 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
574 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
578 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
580 static inline dw_cfi_ref
583 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
585 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
586 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
587 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
592 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
595 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
599 /* Find the end of the chain. */
600 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
606 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
609 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
611 static char label
[20];
613 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
614 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
618 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
619 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
622 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
626 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
629 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
631 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
632 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
636 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
638 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
640 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
641 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
642 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
645 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
649 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
652 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
655 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
657 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
659 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
660 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
662 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
663 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
666 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
667 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
669 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
670 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
677 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
680 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
684 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
687 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
689 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
690 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
692 if (fde_table_in_use
)
694 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
695 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
696 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
700 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
701 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
703 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
705 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
707 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
708 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
710 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
711 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
713 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
714 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
715 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
718 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
725 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
728 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
729 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
732 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
735 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
740 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
741 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
743 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
744 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
746 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
747 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
748 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
749 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
754 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
756 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
757 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
759 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
760 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
763 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
764 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
767 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
768 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
769 offset has not changed. */
770 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
771 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
775 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
777 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
778 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
779 the specified offset. */
780 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
781 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
782 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
786 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
787 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
788 register-offset pair is available. */
789 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
791 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
792 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
793 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
796 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
799 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
800 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
801 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
802 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
805 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
807 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
809 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
811 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
812 the value isn't a register number. */
813 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
816 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
818 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
820 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
822 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
824 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
825 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
826 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
828 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
830 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
834 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
836 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
838 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
840 else if (sreg
== reg
)
841 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
845 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
846 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
849 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
852 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
853 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
854 from the previous frame's window save area.
856 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
857 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
860 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
862 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
864 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
865 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
868 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
869 pushed onto the stack. */
872 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
876 if (size
== old_args_size
)
879 old_args_size
= size
;
882 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
883 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
884 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
887 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
888 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
891 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
893 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
896 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
897 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
900 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
902 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
905 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
906 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
909 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
911 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
914 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
915 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
918 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
920 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
921 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
923 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
926 /* RA is in a register. */
927 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
931 /* RA is on the stack. */
933 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
936 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
942 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
944 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
948 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
950 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
960 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
961 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
962 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
963 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
965 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
972 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
975 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
979 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
981 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
982 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
983 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
986 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
988 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
989 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
990 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
991 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
992 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
995 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
999 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
1001 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1002 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1003 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1009 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1011 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1012 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1013 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
1014 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
1016 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1023 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1025 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1032 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1034 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1049 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1050 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1051 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1054 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
)
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1060 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1061 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1062 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1063 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1064 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1067 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1069 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1070 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1071 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1072 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1073 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1074 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1075 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1078 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1082 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1083 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1084 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1087 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1089 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1090 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1091 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1092 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1093 offset
= -args_size
;
1098 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1099 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1100 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1101 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1103 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1105 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1106 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1107 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1115 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1116 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1118 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1122 args_size
+= offset
;
1126 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1127 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1128 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1133 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1134 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1135 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1137 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1139 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1141 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1144 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1146 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1147 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1150 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1152 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1154 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1156 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1157 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1159 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1163 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1165 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1167 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1169 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1173 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1174 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1178 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1180 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1182 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1183 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1190 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1191 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1192 value, not an offset. */
1193 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1195 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1196 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1197 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1200 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1201 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1202 users need not read the source code.
1204 The High-Level Picture
1206 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1207 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1208 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1209 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1210 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1212 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1213 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1214 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1215 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1216 saves. This also seems to work.
1218 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1219 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1220 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1221 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1223 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1224 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1225 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1226 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1228 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1230 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1231 consists of a register and an offset.
1232 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1233 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1234 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1235 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1236 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1237 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1238 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1240 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1241 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1242 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1245 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1246 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1247 and cfa_temp.offset.
1249 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1252 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1253 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1254 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1258 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1259 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1262 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1263 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1264 cfa.offset unchanged
1265 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1266 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1269 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1270 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1271 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1272 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1273 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1274 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1277 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1278 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1279 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1282 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1283 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1285 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1286 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1287 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1290 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1291 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1293 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1294 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1297 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1298 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1299 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1302 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1303 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1304 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1307 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1311 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1312 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1313 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1316 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1317 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1318 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1320 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1323 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1324 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1325 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1327 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1330 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1333 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1334 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1337 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1338 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1339 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1342 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1343 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1344 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1345 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1348 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1351 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1353 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1354 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1355 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1356 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1357 flag is set in them. */
1358 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1361 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1363 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1364 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1365 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1367 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1372 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1375 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1376 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1378 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1382 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1383 relative to the current CFA register. */
1384 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1386 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1388 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1394 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1395 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1396 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1397 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1398 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1399 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1400 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1406 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1410 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1413 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1416 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1418 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1424 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1426 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1427 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1429 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1431 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1432 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1434 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1437 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1439 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1440 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1441 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1442 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1444 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1447 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1448 or adjusting the FP */
1449 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1452 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1453 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1454 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1456 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1457 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1459 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1460 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1467 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1471 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1472 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1473 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1475 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1476 into the FP later on. */
1477 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1478 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1479 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1480 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1481 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1482 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1486 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1487 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1488 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1490 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1491 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1492 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1494 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1495 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1499 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1500 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1502 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1503 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1512 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1513 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1518 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1519 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1520 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1523 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1524 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1525 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1528 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1529 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1538 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1542 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1545 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1547 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1552 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1553 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1555 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1557 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1558 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1561 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1562 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1563 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1565 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1571 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1572 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1575 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1576 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1579 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1580 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1581 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1583 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1587 /* With an offset. */
1591 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1593 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1594 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1597 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1598 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1599 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1600 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1606 /* Without an offset. */
1608 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1609 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1610 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1611 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1618 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1620 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1621 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1628 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1629 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1630 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1632 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1634 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1636 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1637 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1639 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1640 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1645 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1646 calculate the CFA. */
1647 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1649 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1651 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1654 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1655 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1657 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1662 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1663 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1671 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1672 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1673 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1676 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
)
1681 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1683 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1684 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1686 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1688 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1691 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1694 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1698 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1699 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1701 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1703 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1704 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1709 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1710 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1712 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1714 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1716 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1721 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1722 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1723 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1725 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1726 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1731 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1732 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1734 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1735 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1736 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1737 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1738 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1739 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1742 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1743 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1744 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1745 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1746 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1747 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1748 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1750 case DW_CFA_register
:
1751 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1754 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1755 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1756 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1758 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1759 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1760 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1767 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1768 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1769 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1771 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1772 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1776 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1777 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1779 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1780 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1781 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1783 case DW_CFA_register
:
1784 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1787 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1791 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1793 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1796 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
1798 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1799 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1800 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1801 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
1802 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1803 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1806 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1807 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1808 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1809 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1811 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1812 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1813 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1814 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1815 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1818 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1819 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1821 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1823 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1825 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1826 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1827 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1830 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1831 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1834 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1835 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1836 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1837 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1840 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1841 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1842 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1843 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1846 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1847 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1848 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1849 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1852 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1853 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1854 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1855 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1858 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1859 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1860 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1862 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1865 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1866 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1867 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1869 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1872 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1873 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1874 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1875 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1880 case DW_CFA_register
:
1881 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1883 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1887 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1888 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1889 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1892 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1893 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1896 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1899 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1900 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1901 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1904 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1905 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1914 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1915 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1916 location of saved registers. */
1919 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
1924 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1925 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1926 char augmentation
[6];
1927 int augmentation_size
;
1928 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1929 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1930 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1932 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1933 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1936 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1937 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1938 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1939 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1942 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1944 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1945 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1946 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1947 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
1948 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
1949 any_eh_needed
= true;
1951 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1955 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1960 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1962 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1964 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1965 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1967 /* Output the CIE. */
1968 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1969 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1970 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1971 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1972 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1974 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1975 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1976 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1977 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1978 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1980 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1982 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1983 augmentation_size
= 0;
1989 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1990 augmentation section.
1991 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1992 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1993 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1995 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1996 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1998 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1999 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2000 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2002 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
2003 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2006 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2008 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2011 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2013 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2016 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2018 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2020 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2024 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2025 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2027 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2029 + 1 /* CIE version */
2030 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2031 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2032 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2034 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2035 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2036 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2038 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2040 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2041 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2042 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2047 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2048 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2049 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2050 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2053 if (augmentation
[0])
2055 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2056 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2059 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2060 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2061 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2064 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2065 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2066 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2068 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2070 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2073 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2074 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2076 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2077 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2078 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2079 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2081 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2082 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2084 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2086 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2087 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2088 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2089 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2092 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2093 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2094 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2095 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2097 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2100 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2102 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2107 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2108 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2109 "FDE initial location");
2110 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2111 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2112 "FDE address range");
2116 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2117 "FDE initial location");
2118 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2119 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2120 "FDE address range");
2123 if (augmentation
[0])
2125 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2127 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2129 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2131 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2132 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2133 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2134 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2135 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2138 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2142 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2144 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2146 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2147 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2148 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2149 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2150 "Language Specific Data Area");
2154 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2155 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2157 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2158 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2162 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2165 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2167 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2168 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2169 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2171 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2172 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2173 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2174 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2177 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2178 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2179 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2180 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2181 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2182 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2185 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2190 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2194 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2195 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2197 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2200 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2202 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2203 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2204 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2206 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2207 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2210 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2214 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2215 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2216 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2217 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2218 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2219 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2221 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2222 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2223 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2227 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2228 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2230 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2231 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2232 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2233 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2234 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2237 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2238 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2240 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2241 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2242 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2243 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2244 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2245 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2246 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2247 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2248 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2249 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2251 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2253 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2254 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2255 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2257 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2261 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2262 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2266 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2267 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2270 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2272 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2274 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2275 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2276 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2277 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2278 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2282 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2284 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2285 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2286 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2287 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2289 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2290 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2292 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2293 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2294 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2295 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2300 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2302 /* Output call frame information. */
2303 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2304 output_call_frame_info (0);
2306 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2307 output_call_frame_info (1);
2311 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2312 for emitting location expressions. */
2314 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2315 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2316 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2319 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2320 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2321 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2322 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2324 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2325 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2326 implementation are listed below. */
2331 dw_val_class_offset
,
2333 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2334 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2336 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2337 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2340 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2341 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2342 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2343 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2347 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2348 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2350 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2357 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2359 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2361 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2366 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2367 represented internally. */
2369 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2371 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2372 union dw_val_struct_union
2374 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2375 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2376 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2377 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2378 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2379 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2380 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2381 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2382 struct dw_val_die_union
2386 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2387 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2388 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2389 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2390 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2392 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2396 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2399 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2401 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2402 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2403 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2404 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2409 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2410 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2411 their entire life. */
2412 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2414 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2415 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2416 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2417 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2418 Only on head of list */
2419 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2420 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2423 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2425 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2426 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2427 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2428 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2429 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2430 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2431 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2432 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2434 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2437 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2442 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2443 return "DW_OP_addr";
2445 return "DW_OP_deref";
2447 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2449 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2451 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2453 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2455 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2457 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2459 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2461 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2463 return "DW_OP_constu";
2465 return "DW_OP_consts";
2469 return "DW_OP_drop";
2471 return "DW_OP_over";
2473 return "DW_OP_pick";
2475 return "DW_OP_swap";
2479 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2487 return "DW_OP_minus";
2499 return "DW_OP_plus";
2500 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2501 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2507 return "DW_OP_shra";
2525 return "DW_OP_skip";
2527 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2529 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2531 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2533 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2535 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2537 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2539 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2541 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2543 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2545 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2547 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2549 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2551 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2553 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2555 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2557 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2559 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2561 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2563 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2565 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2567 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2569 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2571 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2573 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2575 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2577 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2579 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2581 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2583 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2585 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2587 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2589 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2591 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2593 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2595 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2597 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2599 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2601 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2603 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2605 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2607 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2609 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2611 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2613 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2615 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2617 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2619 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2621 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2623 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2625 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2627 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2629 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2631 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2633 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2635 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2637 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2639 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2641 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2643 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2645 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2647 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2649 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2651 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2653 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2655 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2657 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2659 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2661 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2663 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2665 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2667 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2669 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2671 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2673 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2675 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2677 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2679 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2681 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2683 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2685 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2687 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2689 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2691 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2693 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2695 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2697 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2699 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2701 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2703 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2705 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2707 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2709 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2711 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2713 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2715 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2717 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2719 return "DW_OP_regx";
2721 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2723 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2725 return "DW_OP_piece";
2726 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2727 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2728 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2729 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2732 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2733 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2735 return "DW_OP_call2";
2737 return "DW_OP_call4";
2738 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2739 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2740 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2741 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2743 return "OP_<unknown>";
2747 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2748 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2749 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2751 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2752 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
2753 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
2755 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2757 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2758 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2759 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2760 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2761 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2767 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2770 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
2772 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2774 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2775 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2781 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2783 static unsigned long
2784 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2786 unsigned long size
= 1;
2788 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2791 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2792 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2811 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2814 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2819 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2820 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2858 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2861 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2864 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2867 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2868 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2871 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2873 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2874 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2883 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2884 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2893 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2895 static unsigned long
2896 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2900 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2902 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2903 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2909 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2912 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2914 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2915 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2917 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2919 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2921 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2925 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2929 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2933 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2935 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2942 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2943 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2947 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2960 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2961 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2962 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2963 only doing unwinding. */
2968 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2971 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2974 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2979 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2980 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3014 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3017 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3020 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3023 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3024 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3027 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3029 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3030 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3031 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3034 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3035 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3036 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3038 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3045 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3050 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3053 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3055 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3057 /* Output the opcode. */
3058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3059 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3061 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3062 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3066 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3067 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3070 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3072 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3075 /* Output the size of the block. */
3076 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3077 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3078 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3080 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3081 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3084 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3085 a dw_cfa_location. */
3087 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3088 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
)
3090 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3092 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3095 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3098 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3100 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3102 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3103 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3105 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3107 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3108 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3109 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3110 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3112 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3113 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3119 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3120 descriptor sequence. */
3123 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3125 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3127 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3131 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3133 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3169 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3172 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3206 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3207 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3210 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3211 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3216 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3217 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3220 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3221 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3225 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3227 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3228 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3230 /* .debug_str support. */
3231 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3233 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3234 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3235 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3236 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3237 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3238 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3239 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3240 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3241 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3242 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3243 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3245 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3247 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3253 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3254 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3255 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3256 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3257 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3258 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3259 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3260 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3261 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3262 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3263 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3264 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3265 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3266 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3267 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3268 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3269 something tries to reference them. */
3270 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3271 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3272 debug_nothing_int
/* handle_pch */
3276 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3277 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3278 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3280 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3281 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3282 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3283 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3285 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3286 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3288 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3290 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3292 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3293 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3294 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3295 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3296 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3298 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3299 line number associated with the label generated for that
3300 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3301 the line number entry. */
3303 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3305 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3306 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3310 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3312 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3314 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3315 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3316 unsigned long function
;
3318 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3320 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3321 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3322 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3324 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3326 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3327 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3328 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3332 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3334 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3336 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3338 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3339 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3340 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3342 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3343 dw_offset die_offset
;
3344 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3349 /* The pubname structure */
3351 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3358 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3363 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3364 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3368 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3372 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3373 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3374 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3377 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3378 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3380 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3381 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3382 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3383 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3384 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3385 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3387 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3388 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3389 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3390 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3391 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3392 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3393 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3394 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3395 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3396 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3398 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3399 language, and compiler version. */
3401 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3402 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3403 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3405 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3406 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3408 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3409 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3410 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3411 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3412 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3414 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3415 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3416 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3417 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3418 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3419 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3421 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3422 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3423 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3424 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3426 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3430 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3431 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3432 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3434 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3435 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3437 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3438 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3440 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3441 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3442 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3443 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3444 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3446 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3447 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3448 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3449 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3452 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3453 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3455 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3456 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3458 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3459 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3460 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3461 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3463 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3464 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3465 number identifying each decl. */
3466 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3468 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3469 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3471 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3472 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3474 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3476 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3478 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3479 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3480 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3481 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3482 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3484 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3485 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3487 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3488 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3490 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3491 abbrev_die_table. */
3492 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3494 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3495 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3496 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3497 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3499 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3500 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3502 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3503 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3505 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3506 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3507 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3508 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3510 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3511 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3513 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3514 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3516 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3518 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3520 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3521 accessible names. */
3522 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3524 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3525 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3527 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3528 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3530 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3532 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3534 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3535 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3537 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3538 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3540 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3541 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3543 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3545 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3547 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3548 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3550 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3551 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3553 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3554 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3556 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3558 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3560 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3561 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3563 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3564 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3565 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3567 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3568 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3571 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3572 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3574 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3575 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3577 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3579 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3581 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3582 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3583 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3584 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3585 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3586 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3588 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3590 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3591 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3592 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3593 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3594 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3595 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3596 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3597 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3598 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3599 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3600 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3601 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
3603 static void add_AT_float (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned, long *);
3604 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3605 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3606 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3607 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3608 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3609 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3610 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3611 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3612 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3613 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
3614 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3615 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3616 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
3617 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3619 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
3620 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
3621 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
3622 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3623 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3624 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3625 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3626 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3628 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
3629 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3630 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3631 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3632 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3633 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3634 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3635 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3636 static bool is_c_family (void);
3637 static bool is_cxx (void);
3638 static bool is_java (void);
3639 static bool is_fortran (void);
3640 static bool is_ada (void);
3641 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3642 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref
);
3643 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref
);
3644 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3645 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3646 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3647 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3648 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3649 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3650 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3651 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3652 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3653 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3654 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3655 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3656 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
3657 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3658 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3659 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3660 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3661 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
3662 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
3663 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3664 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3665 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
3666 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3667 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
3668 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
3669 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
3670 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
3671 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3672 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3673 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3674 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
3675 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
3676 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3677 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
3678 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3679 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3680 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3681 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3682 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3683 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3684 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3685 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3686 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3687 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3688 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3689 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3690 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
3691 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3692 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3693 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
3694 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3695 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3696 static void output_pubnames (void);
3697 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3698 static void output_aranges (void);
3699 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
3700 static void output_ranges (void);
3701 static void output_line_info (void);
3702 static void output_file_names (void);
3703 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
3704 static tree
root_type (tree
);
3705 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3706 static bool is_ada_subrange_type (tree
);
3707 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3708 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3709 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
3710 static unsigned int reg_number (rtx
);
3711 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3712 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3713 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3714 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3715 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3716 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
3717 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
);
3718 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3719 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3720 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
3721 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
3722 static tree
field_type (tree
);
3723 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
3724 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
3725 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
3726 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
3727 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3729 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3730 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3731 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3732 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3733 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3734 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3735 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3736 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
3737 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3738 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3739 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3740 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3741 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3742 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3743 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3744 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3745 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3746 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
3747 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3748 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3749 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3750 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3751 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3752 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
3753 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
3755 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3757 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3758 static void gen_set_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3760 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3762 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3763 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3764 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3765 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3766 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3767 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3768 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3769 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3770 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3771 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3772 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3773 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3774 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3775 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3776 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3777 static void gen_string_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3778 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3779 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3780 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3781 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3782 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3783 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3784 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3785 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3786 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3787 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
3788 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
);
3789 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3790 static dw_die_ref
force_namespace_die (tree
);
3791 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3792 static void declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3793 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3794 static void init_file_table (void);
3795 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3796 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3797 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3798 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3799 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
3800 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3801 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3802 const char *, const char *,
3804 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3805 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3807 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3808 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3809 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3810 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3811 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3812 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3813 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3815 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3816 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3817 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3819 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3820 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3822 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3823 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3825 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3826 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3828 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3829 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3831 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3832 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3834 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3835 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3837 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3838 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3840 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3841 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3844 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3845 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3846 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3849 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3850 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3851 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3852 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3855 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3856 the section names themselves. */
3858 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3859 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3861 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3862 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3864 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3865 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3867 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3868 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3870 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3871 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3873 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3874 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3876 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3877 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3880 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3881 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3882 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3883 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3884 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3886 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3887 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3888 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3889 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3890 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3891 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3892 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3893 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3895 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3896 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3898 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3899 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3901 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3902 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3904 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3905 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3907 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3908 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3911 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3912 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3914 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
3917 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
3919 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3922 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3925 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
3927 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3928 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3929 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3932 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3936 type_main_variant (tree type
)
3938 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3940 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3941 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3942 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3943 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3945 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3946 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3947 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3952 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3955 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
3957 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3959 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3960 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3963 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3966 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
3970 case DW_TAG_padding
:
3971 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3972 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
3973 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3974 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
3975 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3976 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
3977 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3978 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
3979 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3980 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
3981 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3982 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
3983 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3985 return "DW_TAG_label";
3986 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
3987 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3989 return "DW_TAG_member";
3990 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
3991 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3992 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
3993 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3994 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
3995 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3996 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
3997 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3998 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
3999 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4000 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4001 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4002 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4003 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4004 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4005 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4006 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4007 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4008 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4009 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4010 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4011 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4012 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4013 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4014 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4015 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4016 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4017 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4019 return "DW_TAG_module";
4020 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4021 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4022 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4023 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4024 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4025 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4026 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4027 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4028 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4029 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4030 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4031 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4032 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4033 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4034 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4035 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4036 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4037 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4038 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4039 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4040 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4041 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4043 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4044 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4045 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4046 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4047 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4048 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
4049 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4050 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4051 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4052 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4053 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4054 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4055 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4056 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4057 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4058 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4059 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4060 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4061 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4062 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4063 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4064 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4065 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4066 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4067 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4068 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4069 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4070 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4071 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4072 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4073 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4074 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4075 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4076 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4077 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4078 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4079 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4081 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4085 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4088 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4093 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4094 case DW_AT_location
:
4095 return "DW_AT_location";
4097 return "DW_AT_name";
4098 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4099 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4100 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4101 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4102 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4103 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4104 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4105 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4106 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4107 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4108 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4109 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4110 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4111 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4113 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4115 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4116 case DW_AT_language
:
4117 return "DW_AT_language";
4119 return "DW_AT_member";
4121 return "DW_AT_discr";
4122 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4123 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4124 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4125 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4127 return "DW_AT_import";
4128 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4129 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4130 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4131 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4132 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4133 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4134 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4135 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4136 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4137 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4138 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4139 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4141 return "DW_AT_inline";
4142 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4143 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4144 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4145 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4146 case DW_AT_producer
:
4147 return "DW_AT_producer";
4148 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4149 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4150 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4151 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4152 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4153 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4154 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4155 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4156 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4157 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4158 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4159 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4160 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4161 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4162 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4163 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4164 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4165 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4166 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4167 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4168 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4169 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4171 return "DW_AT_count";
4172 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4173 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4174 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4175 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4176 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4177 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4178 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4179 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4180 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4181 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4182 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4183 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4184 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4185 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4186 case DW_AT_external
:
4187 return "DW_AT_external";
4188 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4189 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4191 return "DW_AT_friend";
4192 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4193 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4194 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4195 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4196 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4197 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4198 case DW_AT_priority
:
4199 return "DW_AT_priority";
4201 return "DW_AT_segment";
4202 case DW_AT_specification
:
4203 return "DW_AT_specification";
4204 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4205 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4207 return "DW_AT_type";
4208 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4209 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4210 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4211 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4212 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4213 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4214 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4215 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4217 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4218 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4219 case DW_AT_associated
:
4220 return "DW_AT_associated";
4221 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4222 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4224 return "DW_AT_stride";
4225 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4226 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4227 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4228 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4229 case DW_AT_extension
:
4230 return "DW_AT_extension";
4232 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4233 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4234 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4235 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4236 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4237 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4238 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4239 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4240 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4242 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4243 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4244 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4245 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4246 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4247 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4248 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4249 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4250 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4251 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4252 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4253 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4254 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4255 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4256 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4257 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4258 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4259 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4260 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4261 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4262 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4263 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4265 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4266 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4267 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4268 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4269 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4270 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4271 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4272 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4273 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4274 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4275 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4276 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4277 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4278 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4280 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4281 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4284 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4288 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4291 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4296 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4297 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4298 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4299 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4300 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4302 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4304 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4306 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4307 case DW_FORM_string
:
4308 return "DW_FORM_string";
4310 return "DW_FORM_block";
4311 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4312 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4314 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4316 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4318 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4320 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4322 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4323 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4324 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4326 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4328 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4330 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4332 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4333 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4334 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4335 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4336 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4338 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4342 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4346 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc
)
4350 case DW_ATE_address
:
4351 return "DW_ATE_address";
4352 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4353 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4354 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4355 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4357 return "DW_ATE_float";
4359 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4360 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4361 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4362 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4363 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4364 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4365 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4367 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4372 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4373 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4374 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4375 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4379 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4381 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4382 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4383 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4384 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4387 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4388 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4389 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4390 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4394 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4397 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4398 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4399 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4400 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4404 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4406 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4408 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4409 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4410 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4411 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4414 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4419 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4423 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4424 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4425 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4427 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4433 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4434 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4438 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4440 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4442 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4443 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4445 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4446 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4448 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4449 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4454 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4455 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4458 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4460 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4462 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4463 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4467 static inline enum dw_val_class
4468 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4470 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4473 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4476 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4478 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4480 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4481 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4482 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4483 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4484 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4487 static inline unsigned
4488 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4490 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4491 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4496 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4499 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4501 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4503 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4504 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4505 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4506 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4507 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4510 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4511 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4513 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4514 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4519 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4522 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4523 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4525 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4527 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4528 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4529 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4530 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4531 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4534 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4535 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4537 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4538 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4543 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4546 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4547 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4549 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4551 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4552 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4553 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4554 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4555 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4556 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4559 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4562 add_AT_float (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4563 unsigned int length
, long int *array
)
4565 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4567 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4568 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4569 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4570 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4571 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4572 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4575 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4578 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4580 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4584 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4586 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4587 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4590 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4593 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4595 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4596 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4599 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4600 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4601 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4603 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4604 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4606 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4607 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4608 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4611 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4612 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4613 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4614 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4615 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4618 static inline const char *
4619 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
4621 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4622 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4627 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4628 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4631 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
4633 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4635 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4639 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4643 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4645 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4646 always better to put it inline. */
4647 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4648 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4650 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4651 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4653 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4654 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4655 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4657 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4658 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4659 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4661 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4667 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4670 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4672 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4674 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4675 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4676 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4677 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4678 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4679 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4682 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4683 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4686 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4688 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
4689 if (targ_die
->die_definition
)
4691 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
4694 static inline dw_die_ref
4695 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
4697 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4698 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4704 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
4706 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4707 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4713 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
4715 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4716 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4721 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4724 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
4726 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4728 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4729 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4730 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4731 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4732 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4735 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4738 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4740 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4742 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4743 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4744 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4745 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4746 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4749 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4750 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
4752 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4753 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4759 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4761 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4763 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4764 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4765 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4766 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4767 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4768 have_location_lists
= 1;
4771 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4772 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
4774 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4775 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4780 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4783 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
4785 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4787 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4788 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4789 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4790 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4791 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4795 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
4797 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4798 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4803 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4806 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
4808 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4810 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4811 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4812 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4813 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4814 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4817 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4820 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *label
)
4822 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4824 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4825 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4826 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4827 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4828 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4831 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4834 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4835 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4837 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4839 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4840 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4841 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4842 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4843 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4846 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4849 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4850 long unsigned int offset
)
4852 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4854 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4855 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4856 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4857 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4858 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4861 static inline const char *
4862 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
4864 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4865 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4866 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4871 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4874 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4877 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4881 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4882 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4884 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4885 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4889 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4895 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4896 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4897 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4899 static inline const char *
4900 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4902 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4904 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4907 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4908 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4909 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4911 static inline const char *
4912 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4914 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4916 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4919 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4920 NULL if it is not present. */
4922 static inline const char *
4923 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4925 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4927 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4930 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4931 if it is not present. */
4934 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4936 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4938 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4941 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4942 if it is not present. */
4944 static inline unsigned
4945 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4947 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4949 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4952 static inline dw_die_ref
4953 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4955 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4957 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4960 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
4965 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4967 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
4968 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4971 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4976 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
4977 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4980 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4985 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4987 return lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
4990 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
4995 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4997 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5000 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5005 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5007 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5010 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5012 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref
);
5014 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a
)
5016 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5017 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5018 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5021 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5024 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5027 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5031 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5032 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5035 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5044 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5047 free_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5049 remove_children (die
);
5052 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5055 remove_children (dw_die_ref die
)
5057 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5059 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5061 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5063 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5066 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5068 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5070 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5072 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5080 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5081 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5084 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5086 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5088 if (die
== child_die
)
5091 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5092 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5093 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5097 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5098 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5101 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5105 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5106 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5107 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5109 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5115 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5116 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5119 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5122 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5126 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5127 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5128 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5131 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5133 static inline dw_die_ref
5134 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5136 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5138 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5140 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5141 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5144 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5146 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5147 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5148 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5149 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5150 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5156 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5158 static inline dw_die_ref
5159 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5161 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5164 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5167 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5169 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5172 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5174 static inline dw_die_ref
5175 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5177 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5179 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5182 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5185 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5187 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5188 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5190 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5193 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5194 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5195 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5197 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5198 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5200 memset (&decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5201 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5202 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5205 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5206 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5208 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5211 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5212 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5213 the DIE internal representation. */
5214 static int print_indent
;
5216 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5219 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5221 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5224 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5225 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5228 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5233 print_spaces (outfile
);
5234 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5235 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5236 print_spaces (outfile
);
5237 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5238 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5240 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5242 print_spaces (outfile
);
5243 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5245 switch (AT_class (a
))
5247 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5248 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5250 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5251 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5253 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5254 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5256 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5257 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5258 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5260 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5261 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5263 case dw_val_class_const
:
5264 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5266 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5267 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5269 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5270 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5271 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5272 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5274 case dw_val_class_float
:
5275 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5277 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5278 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5280 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5281 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5283 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5284 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5286 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5289 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5291 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5292 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5293 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5295 case dw_val_class_str
:
5296 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5297 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5299 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5305 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5308 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5311 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5312 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5316 if (print_indent
== 0)
5317 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5320 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5321 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5324 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5327 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5329 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5330 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5332 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5333 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5334 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5335 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5336 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5337 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5340 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5343 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5346 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5348 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5351 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5352 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5358 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5359 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5360 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5363 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5364 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5365 they are in order of addition. */
5368 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5370 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5371 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5373 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5375 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5376 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5382 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5389 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5392 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5393 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5394 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5395 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5396 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5399 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
5403 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5405 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5406 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5409 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5410 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5411 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5414 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5416 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5417 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5419 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5423 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5426 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5428 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5430 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5434 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5435 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5437 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5440 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5442 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5443 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5444 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5447 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5450 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5452 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5455 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5457 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5458 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5459 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5460 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5461 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5464 switch (AT_class (at
))
5466 case dw_val_class_const
:
5467 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5469 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5470 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5472 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5473 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5475 case dw_val_class_float
:
5476 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5478 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5479 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5481 case dw_val_class_str
:
5482 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5485 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5487 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5490 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5498 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5499 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5502 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5503 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5504 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5507 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5508 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5511 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5512 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5513 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5521 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5524 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5529 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5532 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5535 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5537 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5539 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5540 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5542 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5543 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5547 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5549 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5551 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5553 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5554 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5555 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5558 /* Do the values look the same? */
5560 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
5562 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5566 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5569 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5571 case dw_val_class_const
:
5572 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5573 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5574 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5575 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5576 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5577 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5578 case dw_val_class_float
:
5579 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5581 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5582 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5585 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5586 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5587 case dw_val_class_str
:
5588 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5590 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5591 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5592 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5593 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5595 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5598 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5604 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5605 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5607 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5608 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5610 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5611 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5613 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5615 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5616 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5618 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5619 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5620 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5628 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5631 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
5633 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5636 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5637 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5638 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5639 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5640 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5643 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5646 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5649 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
5654 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5656 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5657 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5659 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5662 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5664 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5665 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5670 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5672 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5673 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5681 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5684 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
5687 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5689 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5690 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5695 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5697 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5699 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5700 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5702 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5703 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5706 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
5708 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5709 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5710 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5713 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5716 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5717 the name filename of the unit. */
5719 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5721 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5722 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5723 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5725 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5726 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5728 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5729 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5731 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5735 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5736 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5739 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5742 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5744 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5746 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5747 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5748 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5749 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5750 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5751 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5752 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5753 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5754 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5755 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5756 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5757 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5758 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5759 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5760 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5761 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5762 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5763 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5770 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5771 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5772 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5773 compilations (functions). */
5776 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5778 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5779 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5780 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5781 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5783 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5786 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5787 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5788 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5789 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5791 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5793 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5796 return is_type_die (c
);
5799 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5800 compilation unit. */
5803 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5805 return (is_type_die (c
)
5806 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5807 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5811 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
5815 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5816 return xstrdup (buf
);
5819 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5822 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
5826 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5828 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5830 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5832 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5833 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5834 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5837 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5840 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5841 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5844 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5847 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
5848 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
5851 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5853 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
5855 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
5857 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
5861 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
5863 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
5864 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
5866 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
5870 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
5872 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
5882 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
5885 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
5887 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
5888 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
5890 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
5892 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5893 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5897 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
5899 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
5905 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
5909 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
5911 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
5912 entry
->next
= *slot
;
5918 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
5920 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
5922 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
5924 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5925 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5929 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
5932 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5933 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5934 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5937 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
5940 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
5941 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
5942 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
5944 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
5946 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
5948 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5949 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
5951 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5954 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
5956 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
5959 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
5961 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
5965 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
5969 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5970 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
5976 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5977 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5982 assign_symbol_names (die
);
5983 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
5984 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
5990 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
5991 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
5992 &comdat_symbol_number
);
5993 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
5995 *pnode
= node
->next
;
5998 pnode
= &node
->next
;
5999 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6000 comdat_symbol_number
);
6003 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6006 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6007 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6008 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6011 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6015 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6016 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6017 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6018 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6020 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6021 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6024 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6027 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6032 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6033 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6034 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6036 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6037 output_location_lists (c
);
6041 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6042 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6043 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6044 die are visited recursively. */
6047 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6049 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6050 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6052 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6054 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6055 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6056 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6057 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6058 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6060 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6063 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6066 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6068 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6070 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6072 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6074 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6075 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6077 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6079 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6080 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6083 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6084 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6087 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6093 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6095 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6097 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6098 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6099 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6101 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6102 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6103 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6106 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6107 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6110 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6111 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6112 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6115 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6118 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6125 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6128 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6133 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6134 .debug_info section. */
6136 static unsigned long
6137 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6139 unsigned long size
= 0;
6142 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6143 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6145 switch (AT_class (a
))
6147 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6148 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6150 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6151 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6153 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6155 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6158 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6162 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6163 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6165 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6166 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6168 case dw_val_class_const
:
6169 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6171 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6172 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6174 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6175 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6177 case dw_val_class_float
:
6178 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6180 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6183 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6184 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6185 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6187 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6189 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6190 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6192 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6193 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6195 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6196 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6198 case dw_val_class_str
:
6199 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6200 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6202 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6212 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6213 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6214 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6215 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6218 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6222 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6223 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6225 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6228 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6229 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6230 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6233 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6234 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6235 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6236 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6239 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6247 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6251 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6254 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6262 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6266 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6269 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6278 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6279 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6281 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6282 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6283 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6286 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6287 compilation unit. */
6289 static unsigned long
6290 size_of_pubnames (void)
6295 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6296 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6298 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6299 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6302 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6306 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6308 static unsigned long
6309 size_of_aranges (void)
6313 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6315 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6316 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6317 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6319 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6320 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6324 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6326 static enum dwarf_form
6327 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6329 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6331 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6332 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6333 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6334 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6335 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6336 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6337 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6338 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6340 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6341 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6342 .debug_loc section */
6343 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6344 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6345 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6348 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6350 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6354 case dw_val_class_const
:
6355 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6356 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6357 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6360 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6362 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6364 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6366 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6370 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6371 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6372 case dw_val_class_float
:
6373 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6374 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6375 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6376 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6377 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6378 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6381 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6382 return DW_FORM_data
;
6383 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6384 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6385 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6386 return DW_FORM_data
;
6387 case dw_val_class_str
:
6388 return AT_string_form (a
);
6395 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6398 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6400 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6402 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6405 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6409 output_abbrev_section (void)
6411 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6415 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6417 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6419 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6420 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6421 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6423 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6424 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6426 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6428 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6429 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6431 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6432 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6433 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6436 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6437 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6440 /* Terminate the table. */
6441 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6444 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6447 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6449 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6454 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6455 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6456 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6458 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6460 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6463 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6464 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6465 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6467 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6468 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6469 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6471 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6473 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6475 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6476 retlist
->section
= section
;
6478 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6483 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6486 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6487 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6488 const char *section
)
6492 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6493 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6496 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6497 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6500 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6503 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6505 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6507 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6509 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6510 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6511 in more than one section. */
6512 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6514 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6515 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6516 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6517 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6518 "Location list base address specifier base");
6521 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6525 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6526 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6527 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6528 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6529 "Location list end address (%s)",
6530 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6531 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6533 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6536 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6538 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6541 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6542 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6543 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6544 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6545 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6546 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6549 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6550 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6553 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6559 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6560 them to point to. */
6561 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6562 output_die_symbol (die
);
6564 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6565 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6567 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6569 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6571 switch (AT_class (a
))
6573 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6574 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6577 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6578 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6582 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6584 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6586 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
6587 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6588 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6594 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6595 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6597 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6598 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6600 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6603 case dw_val_class_const
:
6604 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6605 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6606 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6607 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6610 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6611 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6612 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6615 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6617 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6619 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6620 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6623 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6625 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6626 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6630 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6631 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6634 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6635 first
, "long long constant");
6636 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6641 case dw_val_class_float
:
6645 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6648 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6649 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6650 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6654 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6655 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6658 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6660 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6664 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6665 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6669 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6670 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6672 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6676 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6678 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6681 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6685 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6689 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6690 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6691 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6695 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6696 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6699 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6700 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6703 case dw_val_class_str
:
6704 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6705 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6706 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6707 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6709 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6717 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6720 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6721 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6722 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6726 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6727 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6730 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6732 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6733 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6734 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6735 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6736 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6737 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6738 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6739 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6740 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6741 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6744 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6747 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
6749 const char *secname
;
6752 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6753 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6756 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6757 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6758 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6759 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6760 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6763 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6765 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6766 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6767 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6769 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6772 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6774 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6776 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6779 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6781 /* Output debugging information. */
6782 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6783 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6786 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6791 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
6795 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6796 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6797 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6800 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
6802 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6805 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6808 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6812 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6815 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
6817 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6819 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
6820 (pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
6821 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
6822 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
6825 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
6827 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6830 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6831 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6832 visible procedures. */
6835 output_pubnames (void)
6838 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6840 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6841 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6842 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6843 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6844 "Length of Public Names Info");
6845 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6846 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6847 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6848 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6849 "Compilation Unit Length");
6851 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6853 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6855 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6856 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
6859 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
6862 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
6865 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6868 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6871 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6873 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
6876 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
6878 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6879 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
6880 (arange_table_allocated
6881 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
6882 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
6883 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6886 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
6889 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6890 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6891 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6894 output_aranges (void)
6897 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
6899 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6900 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6901 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6902 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
6903 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6904 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6905 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6906 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6907 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
6908 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6910 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6911 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
6913 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6915 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6916 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6917 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
6918 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
6921 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
6922 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
6923 text_section_label
, "Length");
6925 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
6927 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
6929 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6930 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
6933 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6935 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
6937 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
6938 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
6942 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6943 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6944 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6945 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
6946 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6948 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
6952 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
6955 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6956 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
6957 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6958 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
6963 /* Output the terminator words. */
6964 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6965 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6968 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6972 add_ranges (tree block
)
6974 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
6976 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
6978 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6980 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
6981 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
6982 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
6983 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
6986 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
6987 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
6989 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6993 output_ranges (void)
6996 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
6997 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
6999 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7001 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7005 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7006 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7008 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7009 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7011 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7012 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7013 base of the text section. */
7014 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7016 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7018 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7019 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7020 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7023 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7024 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7025 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7026 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7029 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7030 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7031 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7038 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7039 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7045 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7048 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7049 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7050 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7051 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7052 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7055 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7059 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7060 int length
; /* Path length. */
7061 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7062 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7063 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7064 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7067 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7068 the directories in the path. */
7071 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7073 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7074 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7078 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7079 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7080 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7081 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7082 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7083 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7084 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7086 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7087 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7093 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7094 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7095 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7096 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7097 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7099 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7100 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7105 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7106 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7107 slowdowns with many input files. */
7110 output_file_names (void)
7112 struct file_info
*files
;
7113 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7122 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7123 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7125 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7126 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7130 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7131 files
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7132 dirs
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7134 /* Sort the file names. */
7135 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7139 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7140 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7141 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7144 /* Create a new array entry. */
7146 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7147 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7149 /* Search for the file name part. */
7150 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7151 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7154 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7155 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7157 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7158 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7159 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7160 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7162 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7164 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7167 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7168 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7169 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7170 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7172 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7173 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7174 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7180 /* This is a new directory. */
7181 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7182 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7183 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7184 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7185 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7186 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7188 /* Search for a prefix. */
7189 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7190 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7191 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7192 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7193 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7194 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7195 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7196 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7201 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7202 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7203 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7204 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7205 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7206 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7207 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7208 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7210 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7211 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7216 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7217 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7218 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7219 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7221 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7224 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7226 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7231 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7236 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7237 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7239 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7240 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7245 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7247 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7249 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7250 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7251 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7253 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7254 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7256 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7257 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7262 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7263 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7264 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7265 backmap
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7266 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7268 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7270 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7271 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7274 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7275 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7276 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7277 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7278 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7280 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7281 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7282 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7284 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7285 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7286 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7289 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7291 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7293 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7296 /* Now write all the file names. */
7297 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7299 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7300 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7302 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7303 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7305 /* Include directory index. */
7306 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7308 /* Modification time. */
7309 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7311 /* File length in bytes. */
7312 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7315 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7319 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7320 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7323 output_line_info (void)
7325 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7326 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7327 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7330 unsigned long lt_index
;
7331 unsigned long current_line
;
7334 unsigned long current_file
;
7335 unsigned long function
;
7337 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7338 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7339 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7340 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7342 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7343 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7344 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7345 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7346 "Length of Source Line Info");
7347 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7349 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7350 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7351 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7353 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7354 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7355 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7356 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7357 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7358 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7359 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7360 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7361 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7362 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7364 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7365 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7366 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7367 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7368 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7369 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7370 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7371 "Special Opcode Base");
7373 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7377 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7378 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7379 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7380 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7381 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7389 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7393 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7394 output_file_names ();
7395 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7397 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7398 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7399 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7401 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7402 a series of state machine operations. */
7405 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7406 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7408 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7411 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7412 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7415 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7416 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7417 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7418 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7419 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7423 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7425 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7426 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7427 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7428 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7429 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7430 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7432 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7435 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7436 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7437 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7438 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7442 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7443 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7444 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7445 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7446 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7447 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7450 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7452 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7453 different from the previous line. */
7454 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7456 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7457 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7458 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7459 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7463 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7464 that uses the least amount of space. */
7465 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7467 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7468 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7469 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7470 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7471 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7472 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7474 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7475 "line %lu", current_line
);
7478 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7479 depending on the value being encoded. */
7480 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7481 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7482 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7483 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7487 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7488 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7491 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7494 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7495 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7496 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7500 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7501 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7502 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7503 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7507 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7508 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7513 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7515 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7516 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7519 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7520 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7521 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7522 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7526 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7527 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7528 to handle it differently. */
7529 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7531 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7533 function
= line_info
->function
;
7535 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7536 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7537 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7538 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7539 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7543 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7546 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7547 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7548 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7552 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7553 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7554 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7555 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7559 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7561 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7562 different from the previous line. */
7563 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7565 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7566 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7567 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7568 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7572 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7573 that uses the least amount of space. */
7574 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7576 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7577 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7578 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7579 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7581 "line %lu", current_line
);
7584 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7585 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7586 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7587 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7591 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7599 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7600 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7601 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7606 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7607 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7610 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7611 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7612 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7616 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7617 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7619 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7622 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7624 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7625 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7629 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7630 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7633 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7634 a DIE that describes the given type.
7636 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7637 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7640 base_type_die (tree type
)
7642 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7643 const char *type_name
;
7644 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7645 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7647 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7652 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7653 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7655 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7658 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7660 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7663 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7664 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7665 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7667 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7668 && (type
== char_type_node
7669 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7670 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7672 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7673 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7675 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7678 /* else fall through. */
7681 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7682 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7683 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7685 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7689 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7692 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7693 a user defined type for it. */
7695 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7696 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7698 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7702 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7703 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7707 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7711 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7712 if (demangle_name_func
)
7713 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7715 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7716 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7717 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7718 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7720 return base_type_result
;
7723 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7724 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7725 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7726 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7727 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7728 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7729 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7730 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7733 root_type (tree type
)
7735 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7736 return error_mark_node
;
7738 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7741 return error_mark_node
;
7744 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7745 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7748 return type_main_variant (type
);
7752 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7753 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7756 is_base_type (tree type
)
7758 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7773 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7778 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7792 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7793 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7794 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7795 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7798 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7799 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
7801 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7802 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
7803 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
7805 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
7806 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
7808 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
7811 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7812 emitted as a subrange type. */
7815 is_ada_subrange_type (tree type
)
7817 /* We should use a subrange type in the following situations:
7818 - For Ada modular types: These types are stored as integer subtypes
7819 of an unsigned integer type;
7820 - For subtypes of an Ada enumeration type: These types are stored
7821 as integer subtypes of enumeral types.
7823 This subrange type is mostly for the benefit of debugger users.
7824 A nameless type would therefore not be very useful, so no need
7825 to generate a subrange type in these cases. */
7826 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7829 && TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
7830 && subtype
!= NULL_TREE
)
7832 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_UNSIGNED (subtype
))
7834 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
7840 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7841 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7844 subrange_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
7846 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
7847 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
7848 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7850 if (context_die
== NULL
)
7851 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
7853 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
7854 subtype_die
= gen_enumeration_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
7856 subtype_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
));
7858 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
7862 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7863 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7864 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
7867 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7868 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
7869 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
7870 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7871 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
7872 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
7873 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
7875 return subrange_die
;
7878 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7879 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7882 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
7883 dw_die_ref context_die
)
7885 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
7886 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
7887 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
7888 tree item_type
= NULL
;
7890 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
7892 tree qualified_type
;
7894 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7897 = get_qualified_type (type
,
7898 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
7900 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
7902 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7905 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7907 return mod_type_die
;
7910 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7911 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
7912 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
7913 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
7915 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
7916 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
7918 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
7920 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7921 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
7922 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7924 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
7925 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
7926 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7927 type to which it refers. */
7929 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
7930 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
7933 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7939 else if (is_const_type
)
7941 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7942 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
7944 else if (is_volatile_type
)
7946 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7947 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
7949 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
7951 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7952 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7953 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7955 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7957 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7959 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
7961 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7962 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7963 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7965 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7967 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7969 else if (is_ada_subrange_type (type
))
7970 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, context_die
);
7971 else if (is_base_type (type
))
7972 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
7975 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
7977 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7978 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7979 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7980 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7981 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7983 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
7984 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
7986 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
7987 not the main variant. */
7988 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
7989 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
7993 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7994 type
= qualified_type
;
7998 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
8000 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8001 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8002 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8003 types are possible in Ada. */
8004 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8005 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8006 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8009 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8010 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8012 return mod_type_die
;
8015 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8016 an enumerated type. */
8019 type_is_enum (tree type
)
8021 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8024 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8027 reg_number (rtx rtl
)
8029 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8031 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8034 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8037 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8038 zero if there is none. */
8040 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8041 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8046 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8049 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8050 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
8052 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
8054 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8056 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8059 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8060 a given hard register number. */
8062 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8063 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8066 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8068 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8071 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8072 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8074 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8075 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8079 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8081 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8082 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8084 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8085 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8087 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8094 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8095 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8096 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8102 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8104 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8107 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8110 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8114 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8115 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8116 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8117 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8122 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8124 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8125 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8127 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8129 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8130 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8134 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8137 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8139 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8149 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8151 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8152 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8158 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8161 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8163 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8164 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
8166 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8167 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8168 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8170 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8171 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8172 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8175 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8177 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8179 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8184 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8187 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8189 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8190 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8191 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8192 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8195 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8196 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8197 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8198 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8200 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8201 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8202 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8203 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8205 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8206 autoincrement addressing modes.
8208 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8210 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8211 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
)
8213 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8215 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8216 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8217 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8218 zeroth element of the array. */
8220 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8222 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8227 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8228 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8230 /* ... fall through ... */
8233 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8234 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8235 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8236 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8237 contains the given subreg. */
8238 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8240 /* ... fall through ... */
8243 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8244 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8245 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8246 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8247 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8248 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8249 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8250 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8251 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8252 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8253 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8254 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8255 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8256 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8257 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8261 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8262 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8263 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8267 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8269 /* ... fall through ... */
8272 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8273 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8277 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8278 by a different symbol. */
8279 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8282 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8284 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8287 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8288 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8293 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8294 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8295 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8296 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8301 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8302 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8303 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8304 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8308 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8310 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8315 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8317 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8318 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8319 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8320 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8322 /* ... fall through ... */
8326 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8327 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8328 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8331 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8332 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8335 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8336 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8337 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8338 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8339 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8342 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8343 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8344 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8345 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8352 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8353 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8354 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8355 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8357 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8360 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8361 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8362 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8367 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8371 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8373 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8374 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8382 return mem_loc_result
;
8385 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8386 This is typically a complex variable. */
8388 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8389 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8391 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8392 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8393 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8395 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8398 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8399 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8400 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8401 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8403 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8404 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8405 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8406 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8408 return cc_loc_result
;
8411 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8412 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8413 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8414 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8415 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8417 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8419 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8420 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8422 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8424 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8427 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8428 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8429 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8430 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8431 contains the given subreg. */
8432 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8434 /* ... fall through ... */
8437 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8441 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8445 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8455 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8456 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8457 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8458 descriptor, return 0. */
8460 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8461 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int addressp
)
8463 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8465 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8466 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8468 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8469 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8472 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8477 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8478 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8479 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8480 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8481 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8482 the names of types. */
8489 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8490 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8491 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8492 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8493 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8494 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8495 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8496 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8499 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8500 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8504 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8508 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8509 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8513 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8514 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8515 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8518 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8519 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8522 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8524 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8525 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8528 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8529 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8530 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8532 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8533 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8542 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8544 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8546 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8548 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8549 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8550 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8555 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8557 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8560 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8563 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8569 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8574 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8578 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8579 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8582 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8587 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8590 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8591 enum machine_mode mode
;
8594 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8595 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8600 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8602 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8605 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8607 /* Variable offset. */
8608 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8609 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8615 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8617 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8618 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8620 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8621 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8627 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8628 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8635 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8636 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
8637 enum machine_mode mode
;
8639 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8641 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8642 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8644 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8647 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8651 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8652 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8657 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8663 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8668 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
8670 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
8671 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8679 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
8681 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
8682 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8695 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8699 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8700 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8702 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8706 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8707 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8708 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8718 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8725 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8732 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8739 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8754 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8755 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8756 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8759 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8760 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8763 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8777 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8781 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8785 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8786 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8787 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8788 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8790 /* ... fall through ... */
8794 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8795 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8796 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8797 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8798 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8800 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8801 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8804 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8805 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8807 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8808 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8809 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8811 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8812 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8813 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8815 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8816 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8817 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8818 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8819 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8824 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
8825 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
8826 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
8827 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
8830 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
8831 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
8835 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8836 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8839 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8840 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8842 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8844 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8846 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8849 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8851 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8857 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8858 which is not less than the value itself. */
8860 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8861 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
8863 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8866 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8867 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8868 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8872 field_type (tree decl
)
8876 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8877 return integer_type_node
;
8879 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8880 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8881 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8886 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8887 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8888 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8890 static inline unsigned
8891 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
8893 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8896 static inline unsigned
8897 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
8899 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8902 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8903 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8904 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8905 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8906 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8909 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8910 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
8912 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
8913 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
8914 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
8915 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
8917 tree field_size_tree
;
8918 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8919 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
8920 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
8922 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8924 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8927 type
= field_type (decl
);
8928 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
8930 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8931 a flexible array member. */
8932 if (! field_size_tree
)
8933 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
8935 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8936 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8937 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8938 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
8941 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8943 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8944 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
8945 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
8947 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
8949 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8950 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
8951 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
8953 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8954 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8955 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8956 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8957 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8958 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8959 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8960 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8962 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8964 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8965 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8966 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8967 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8968 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8969 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8970 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8971 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8972 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8973 bits of the bit-field itself.
8975 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8976 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8977 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8978 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8979 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8980 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
8981 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
8982 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
8983 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
8985 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
8986 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
8987 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
8988 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
8989 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
8990 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
8992 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8993 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8994 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
8996 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8997 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8998 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9000 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9001 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9002 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9003 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9005 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9007 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9008 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9010 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9011 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9012 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9013 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9016 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9019 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9020 associated with them. */
9022 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9024 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9025 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9026 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9029 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
9030 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
9033 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9036 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9037 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9038 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9039 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9040 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9041 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9044 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9045 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9046 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9047 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9048 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9049 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9050 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9051 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9052 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9056 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9058 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9059 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9061 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9063 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9064 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9066 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9067 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9068 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9069 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9071 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9073 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9075 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9077 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9078 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9079 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9081 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9082 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9083 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9085 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9086 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9090 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9091 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9092 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9093 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9095 /* Extract the offset. */
9096 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9097 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9099 /* Add it to the object address. */
9100 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9101 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9104 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9107 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9111 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9113 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9114 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9115 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9117 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9118 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9119 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9123 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9126 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9129 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9132 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9133 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9134 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9135 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9136 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9139 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9141 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9145 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9148 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
9150 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
9155 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9156 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9157 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9158 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9160 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9162 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9164 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9165 long *array
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9168 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9169 real_to_target (array
, &rv
, mode
);
9171 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9175 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9176 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9179 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9180 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9186 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9192 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9193 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9197 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9198 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9199 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9200 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9201 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9202 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9203 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9204 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9205 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9206 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9207 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9211 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9218 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
9222 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9223 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9224 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9226 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9227 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9228 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9229 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9230 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9231 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9232 referenced within the function.
9234 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9235 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9236 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9237 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9239 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9240 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9241 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9242 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9243 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9244 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9246 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9247 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9248 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9249 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9250 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9251 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9252 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9253 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9254 output at debug-time.
9256 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9257 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9258 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9259 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9260 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9261 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9262 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9263 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9264 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9265 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9266 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9267 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9268 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9270 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9271 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9272 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9273 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9274 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9275 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9276 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9277 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9280 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9281 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9282 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9283 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9284 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9285 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9286 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9287 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9288 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9289 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9290 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9291 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9292 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9295 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9296 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9298 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9299 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9301 if (! reload_completed
)
9304 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9305 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9306 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9307 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9308 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9309 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9311 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9316 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9318 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9320 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9321 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9323 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9324 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9325 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9326 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9327 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9328 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9329 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9330 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9331 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9332 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9335 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9336 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9337 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9338 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9339 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9340 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9342 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9343 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9344 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9345 /* Not passed in memory. */
9346 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9347 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9348 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9349 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9350 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9351 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9352 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9355 /* Big endian correction check. */
9357 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9358 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9361 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9362 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9364 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9365 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9369 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9371 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9372 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9373 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9374 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9378 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9379 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9380 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9381 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9383 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9384 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9385 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9386 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9388 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9389 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9390 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9391 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9392 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9394 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9396 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9397 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9398 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9399 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9400 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9401 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
9402 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
9404 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9405 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9406 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9407 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9408 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9410 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9411 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9412 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9413 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9419 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9421 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9422 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9423 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9425 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9430 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9431 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9432 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9433 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9434 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9435 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9436 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9437 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9438 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9439 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9442 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9445 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9447 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9449 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9452 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9453 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9456 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9459 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9460 don't emit anything. */
9470 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9471 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9475 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9477 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9478 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9479 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9480 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9481 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9488 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9490 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9495 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
9496 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
9497 enum machine_mode mode
;
9500 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9501 descr
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9502 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9503 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
9504 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
9505 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
9507 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
9509 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9510 add_loc_descr (&descr
, temp
);
9511 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9512 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
9513 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
9514 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
9517 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9525 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9526 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9527 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9530 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
9532 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9533 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9535 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9536 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9541 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9544 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9545 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9546 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9548 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9549 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9550 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9557 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9558 the value of the attribute. */
9561 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
9563 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9565 if (demangle_name_func
)
9566 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9568 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9572 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9575 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
9577 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
9579 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9582 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9583 a representation for that bound. */
9586 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
9588 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9593 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9595 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9596 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9597 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9598 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9599 /* use the default */
9602 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9607 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9608 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9609 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9613 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9614 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9615 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9616 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9617 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9618 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9619 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9620 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9621 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9622 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9623 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9624 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9625 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9626 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9627 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9628 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9629 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9630 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9632 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9633 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9634 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9635 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9636 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9638 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9639 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9640 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9642 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9643 it references an outer function's frame. */
9644 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9646 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9648 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9649 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9652 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9653 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9654 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9655 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9656 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9659 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9665 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9667 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9668 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9669 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9670 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9672 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9673 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9679 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9680 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9682 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9683 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9685 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9689 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9690 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9692 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9694 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9695 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9696 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9697 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9698 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9700 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9701 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9703 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9704 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9705 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9706 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9708 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9714 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9715 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9718 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
9720 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9721 unsigned dimension_number
;
9724 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9726 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9727 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9728 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9729 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9730 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9731 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9732 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9733 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9735 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9736 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9737 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9738 gen_array_type_die. */
9739 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9740 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9741 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9742 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9745 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9747 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9748 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9750 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9753 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9754 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9755 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9757 /* Define the index type. */
9758 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9760 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9761 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9762 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9763 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9764 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9765 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9766 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9769 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9773 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9774 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9776 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9777 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9778 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9780 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9782 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9785 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9786 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9792 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
9796 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9804 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9805 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9808 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9809 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9810 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9811 even for bit-fields. */
9812 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9818 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9819 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9820 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9821 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9822 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9825 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9826 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9827 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9830 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9831 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9832 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9833 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9834 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9835 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9837 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9838 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9839 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9842 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9844 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9845 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9846 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9847 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9848 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9849 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9851 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9853 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9856 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9857 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9858 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9859 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9860 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9863 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9865 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9866 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9867 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9868 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9869 below must take account of these differences. */
9870 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9871 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
9873 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9875 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
9876 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9880 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9881 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
9882 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
9884 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
9887 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9888 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9891 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9893 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9894 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
9895 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9898 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9899 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
9902 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9903 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9906 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
9908 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
9909 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
9910 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
9913 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9914 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9918 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
9920 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
9922 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
9924 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9925 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9926 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9928 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9929 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9933 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
9935 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
9937 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
9940 if (DECL_P (origin
))
9941 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
9942 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
9943 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
9945 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
9948 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
9951 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9954 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
9956 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
9958 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
9960 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
9961 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
9962 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
9963 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
9966 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9967 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9968 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
9969 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
9973 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9976 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9978 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
9980 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
9981 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
9984 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9985 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9988 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9992 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
9993 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
9995 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
9996 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9997 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
9999 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10000 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10001 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10002 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10003 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10004 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10007 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10008 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10009 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10010 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10012 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10013 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10014 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10019 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10022 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
10024 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10027 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10030 pop_decl_scope (void)
10032 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10035 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10038 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10039 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10040 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10041 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10042 the current active scope. */
10045 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10047 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10048 tree containing_scope
;
10051 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10055 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10057 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10058 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10060 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
10063 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10066 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10067 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10068 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10069 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10070 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10072 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10073 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10074 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10076 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10077 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10078 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10079 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10080 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10085 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10086 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10089 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10090 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10093 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10096 scope_die
= context_die
;
10101 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10104 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10106 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10107 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10108 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10114 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10115 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10118 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10120 return (context_die
10121 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10122 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
10123 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
10126 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10127 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10128 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10131 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
10132 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10134 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10135 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10137 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10138 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10139 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10140 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10141 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10142 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10143 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10145 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10146 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10147 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10148 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10149 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10152 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10153 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10154 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10157 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10158 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10161 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10162 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10163 was declared without a tag. */
10165 static const char *
10166 type_tag (tree type
)
10168 const char *name
= 0;
10170 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10174 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10175 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10176 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10178 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10179 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10181 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10182 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10183 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10185 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10187 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10190 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10193 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10194 for bit field types. */
10197 member_declared_type (tree member
)
10199 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10200 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10203 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10204 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10207 static const char *
10208 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
10211 const char *fnname
;
10213 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10214 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10218 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10221 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10226 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10227 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10228 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10231 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10233 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10234 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10237 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10238 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10239 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10240 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10241 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10244 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10245 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10246 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10248 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10250 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10251 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10252 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10253 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10257 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10258 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10259 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10260 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10261 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10262 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10263 for multidimensional arrays. */
10264 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10267 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10268 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10269 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10270 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10271 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10274 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10276 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10277 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10279 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10280 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10281 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10282 add_subscript_info. */
10283 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10284 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10285 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10287 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10290 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10294 gen_set_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10296 dw_die_ref type_die
10297 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10299 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10300 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10305 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10307 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10308 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10310 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10311 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10314 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10315 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10316 0, 0, context_die
);
10319 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10320 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10322 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10326 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10327 emit full debugging info for them. */
10330 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10334 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10335 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10338 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10341 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10343 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10345 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10346 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10347 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10350 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10353 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10355 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10357 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10358 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10359 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10362 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10365 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10367 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10369 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10370 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10371 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10374 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10375 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10376 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10380 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10382 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10384 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10386 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10387 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10388 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10389 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10391 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10394 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10396 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10397 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10398 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10399 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10403 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10404 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10405 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10406 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10408 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10409 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10410 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10411 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10413 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10414 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10416 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10418 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10419 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10421 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
),
10422 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (link
)))))
10424 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10425 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10426 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10428 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10429 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 1));
10434 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10439 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10440 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10443 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10444 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10445 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10446 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10447 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10448 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10449 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10450 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10453 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10455 dw_die_ref parm_die
10456 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10459 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10462 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10463 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10464 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10467 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10468 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10469 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10470 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10472 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10473 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10476 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10477 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10478 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10483 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10484 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10494 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10495 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10498 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10500 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10503 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10504 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10505 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10506 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10509 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10512 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10513 tree first_parm_type
;
10516 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10518 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10519 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10524 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10526 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10527 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10528 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10530 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10532 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10533 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10536 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10537 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10538 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10539 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10540 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10541 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10543 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10545 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10548 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10549 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10550 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10551 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10553 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10554 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10555 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10556 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10557 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10558 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10561 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10562 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10563 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10564 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10565 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10568 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10570 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10572 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10573 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10574 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10575 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10577 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10580 push_decl_scope (type
);
10581 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10582 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10584 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10590 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10591 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10594 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
10596 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10599 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10601 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10602 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10604 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10605 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10606 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10609 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10610 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10611 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10613 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10615 gen_type_die_for_member
10616 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10619 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10620 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10621 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10623 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10624 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10625 if (! was_abstract
)
10626 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10628 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10631 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10635 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10637 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10638 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10639 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10643 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10644 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10645 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
10647 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10648 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10649 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10650 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10651 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10653 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10654 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
10661 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10663 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10666 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10667 inline function. */
10668 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10669 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10671 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10672 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10676 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10678 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10679 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10680 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10681 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10682 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10684 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10685 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10686 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10687 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10688 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10694 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10695 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10696 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10697 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10698 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10699 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10700 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10701 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10702 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10703 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10704 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10705 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10707 subr_die
= old_die
;
10709 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10710 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10711 remove_children (subr_die
);
10715 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10716 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
10717 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10718 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10719 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10720 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10722 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10727 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10729 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10730 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10732 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10733 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10735 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10736 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10737 0, 0, context_die
);
10740 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10741 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10742 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10744 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10745 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10746 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10747 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10752 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10754 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10756 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10757 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10758 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10759 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10760 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10761 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10764 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10766 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
10768 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
10769 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10771 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10775 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
10776 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10778 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
10781 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10783 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10785 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10786 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10788 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10789 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10790 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10791 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10792 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10793 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10795 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10796 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10798 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10799 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10800 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10803 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10804 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10805 variables is relative to one of them. */
10807 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10808 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10811 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10812 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10813 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10814 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10815 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
10819 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10820 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10821 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10822 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10823 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10824 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10825 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10826 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10827 an ellipsis at the end. */
10829 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10830 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10831 its formal parameters. */
10832 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10834 else if (declaration
)
10835 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10838 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
10839 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
10842 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10843 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10844 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
10845 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10847 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
10848 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
10849 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10850 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10852 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10855 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10856 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10857 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10858 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10859 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10860 parameters at all. */
10861 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10862 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
10864 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
10865 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
10866 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10868 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10869 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10872 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10873 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10874 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10876 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10877 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10878 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10879 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10880 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10881 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10882 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10884 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10885 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10886 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10887 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10888 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10889 constructor function. */
10890 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
10892 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
10893 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
10895 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10896 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
10898 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10899 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
10901 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10902 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
10909 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10912 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10914 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10915 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
10917 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10918 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
10919 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
10921 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10922 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
10924 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10925 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10927 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10928 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10931 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10932 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
10933 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
10935 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10936 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
10937 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
10939 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10941 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10942 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10944 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10945 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10947 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
10948 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10953 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
10954 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10955 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10957 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10958 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10960 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10961 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10963 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10964 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10965 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10966 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10970 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10972 if (class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10973 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
10975 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10977 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10978 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
10981 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10984 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10987 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10989 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10990 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
10992 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10994 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10995 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
10997 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
10999 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11000 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11003 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
11005 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11006 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11007 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11009 && (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11010 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
11011 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
11013 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11014 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11015 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11016 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11017 it if it ever does happen. */
11018 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
11021 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11022 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11027 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11030 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11032 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11033 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11035 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11037 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11041 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11043 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11046 add_ranges (chain
);
11047 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11054 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11055 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11056 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11057 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11058 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11059 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11063 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11066 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11069 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11071 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11073 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11074 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11075 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11076 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11077 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11079 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11081 dw_die_ref subr_die
11082 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11083 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11085 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11086 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11087 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11088 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11089 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11090 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11091 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11092 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11093 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11096 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11097 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11098 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11099 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11100 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11101 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11102 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11103 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11104 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11105 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11106 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11108 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11111 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11114 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11116 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11118 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
11121 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11122 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11123 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11124 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11127 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11129 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11130 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11131 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11134 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11135 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11137 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11138 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11140 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11141 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11142 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11143 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11147 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11148 Use modified_type_die instead.
11149 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11150 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11153 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11156 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11158 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11159 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11160 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11163 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11164 Use modified_type_die instead.
11165 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11166 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11169 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11172 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11174 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11175 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11176 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11180 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11183 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11186 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11187 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11189 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11190 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11191 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11192 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11195 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11198 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
11201 char producer
[250];
11202 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11205 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11209 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11210 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11211 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
11212 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11215 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11217 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11218 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11219 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11220 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11221 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11222 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11223 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11224 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11225 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11228 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11230 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11231 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11232 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11233 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11234 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11235 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11236 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11237 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11238 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11239 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11241 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11243 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11247 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11250 gen_string_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11252 dw_die_ref type_die
11253 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11255 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11257 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11258 TODO: add string length info. */
11260 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11261 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11265 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11268 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11270 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11272 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11273 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11275 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11276 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11278 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11279 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11280 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11281 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11284 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11287 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11290 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11293 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11294 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11295 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11296 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11297 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11298 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11299 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11300 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11301 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11302 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11303 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11305 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11306 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11308 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11309 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11310 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11313 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11314 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11315 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11316 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11319 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11320 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11322 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11323 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11324 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11325 do put them in the right order. */
11327 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11329 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11331 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11334 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11335 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11337 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11338 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11341 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11343 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11345 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11349 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11350 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11351 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11354 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11356 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11357 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11359 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11360 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11361 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11362 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
11364 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11367 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11368 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11369 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
11372 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11374 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11375 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11377 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11379 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11380 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11382 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11384 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
11386 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11389 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11391 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11392 then give a list of members. */
11393 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
11395 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11396 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11397 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11398 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11399 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11400 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11402 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11403 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11404 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11405 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11407 push_decl_scope (type
);
11408 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11411 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11412 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11414 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11416 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11417 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11418 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11423 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11425 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11426 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11427 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11428 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11432 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11435 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11437 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11438 dw_die_ref subr_die
11439 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11440 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11442 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11443 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11444 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11445 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11448 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11451 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11453 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11456 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11459 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11460 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11461 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11462 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11463 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11468 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11469 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11471 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11473 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11476 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11479 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11481 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11482 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11485 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11486 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11489 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11492 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11496 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11499 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11500 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11502 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11505 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11506 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11509 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11510 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11514 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11515 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11516 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11517 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11518 cloned type itself). */
11519 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11520 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11522 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11525 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11531 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11532 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11533 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11534 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11535 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11537 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11539 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11540 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11541 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11545 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11546 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11547 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11549 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11550 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11552 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11554 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11558 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11559 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11563 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11564 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11567 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11568 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11569 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11570 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11574 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11575 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11576 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11580 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11582 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11583 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11586 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11590 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11593 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11596 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11597 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11598 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11599 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11600 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11601 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11602 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11603 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11604 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11605 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11607 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11609 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11612 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11613 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11614 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11619 declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
11623 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11624 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11626 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11631 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11632 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11633 when appropriate. */
11642 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11646 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11653 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11656 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11659 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11661 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11664 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11665 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11666 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11668 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11671 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11672 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11674 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11679 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11680 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11684 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11688 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11689 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11697 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11698 things which are local to the given block. */
11701 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11703 int must_output_die
= 0;
11706 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11708 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11709 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11710 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11713 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11714 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11715 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11716 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11720 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11721 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11726 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11727 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11728 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11729 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11730 the current block. */
11731 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11732 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11734 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11736 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11737 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11738 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11739 must_output_die
= 1;
11742 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11743 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11744 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11745 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11746 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11747 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11748 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11749 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11751 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11752 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11753 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11754 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11755 as being a "significant" one. */
11756 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11758 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11759 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11760 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11761 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11762 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11763 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11765 must_output_die
= 1;
11771 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11772 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11773 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11774 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11775 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11776 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11777 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11778 if (must_output_die
)
11780 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11781 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11783 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11786 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11789 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11790 all of its sub-blocks. */
11793 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11798 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11799 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
11802 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11803 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11804 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11805 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11806 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11810 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11811 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11812 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11813 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11817 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11818 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
11820 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11823 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
11824 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11827 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11828 therein) of this block. */
11829 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
11831 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
11832 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11835 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11838 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
11840 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11843 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11844 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
11845 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11846 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
11847 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
11848 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11854 /* Returns the DIE for namespace NS or aborts.
11856 Note that namespaces don't really have a lexical context, so there's no
11857 need to pass in a context_die. They always go inside their containing
11858 namespace, or comp_unit_die if none. */
11861 force_namespace_die (tree ns
)
11865 dwarf2out_decl (ns
);
11866 ns_die
= lookup_decl_die (ns
);
11873 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
11874 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
11877 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11879 tree context
= DECL_P (thing
) ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
);
11880 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
11881 /* Force out the namespace. */
11882 context_die
= force_namespace_die (context
);
11884 return context_die
;
11887 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
11888 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
11890 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
11891 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
11894 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11896 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
11898 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11901 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
11903 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
11905 if (DECL_P (thing
))
11906 gen_decl_die (thing
, ns_context
);
11908 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
11912 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
11915 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
)
11917 dw_die_ref context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
11919 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
11920 they are an alias of. */
11921 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
11923 /* Output a real namespace. */
11924 dw_die_ref namespace_die
11925 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, context_die
, decl
);
11926 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
11927 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
11931 /* Output a namespace alias. */
11933 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
11934 dw_die_ref origin_die
11935 = force_namespace_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11937 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
11938 dw_die_ref namespace_die
11939 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
11940 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
11941 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
11942 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
11946 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11949 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11953 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11956 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11962 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11963 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11966 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11967 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11968 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11969 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
11970 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
11973 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11974 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
11975 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11977 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11978 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11979 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
11980 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11981 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
11982 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11983 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11984 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11985 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11987 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11988 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
11991 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11992 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11994 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11995 have described its return type. */
11996 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
11998 /* And its virtual context. */
11999 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12000 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
12002 /* And its containing type. */
12003 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12004 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12005 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12007 /* And its containing namespace. */
12008 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12011 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12012 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12016 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12017 actual typedefs. */
12018 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12021 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12022 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12023 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12024 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12025 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12026 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12027 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12029 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12033 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12034 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12036 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12037 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12041 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12042 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12046 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12047 variable declarations or definitions. */
12048 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12051 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12053 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12055 /* And its containing type. */
12056 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12057 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12058 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12060 /* And its containing namespace. */
12061 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12063 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12064 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12065 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12067 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12068 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12069 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12071 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12075 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12076 anonymous unions. */
12077 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12078 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
12080 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12081 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12086 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12087 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12090 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12091 gen_namespace_die (decl
);
12095 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
12096 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12102 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12105 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename
, const char *context_list
)
12107 unsigned int file_index
;
12109 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12111 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12112 tree context_list_decl
12113 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12116 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12117 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12118 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12119 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12120 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12124 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12125 compilation proper has finished. */
12128 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
12130 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12131 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12132 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12133 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12134 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12135 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12138 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12141 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
12143 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12145 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12150 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12151 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12152 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12153 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12154 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
12157 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12158 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12159 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12160 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12161 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12162 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12163 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12164 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12165 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12166 with the definition of the function.
12168 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12169 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12170 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12171 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12172 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12173 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12174 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12175 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12176 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12177 that they *are* definitions).
12179 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12180 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12181 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12182 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12183 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12184 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12187 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12188 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12189 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12190 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
12191 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12192 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12193 context_die
= NULL
;
12197 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12198 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12199 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12200 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12201 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12202 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12203 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12204 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12205 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12208 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12209 variable declarations or definitions. */
12210 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12214 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12215 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12217 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
12222 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12223 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12226 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12227 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12228 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12230 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12231 comparisons have. */
12232 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12233 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12234 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12235 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12236 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12241 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12242 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12245 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12246 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12247 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12248 context_die
= NULL
;
12256 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12259 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12260 a lexical block. */
12263 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12264 unsigned int blocknum
)
12266 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12267 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12270 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12274 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
12276 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12277 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12280 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12281 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12283 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12284 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12285 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12288 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
12292 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12293 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12294 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12300 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12301 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12302 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12303 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12304 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12305 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12306 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12307 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12308 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12312 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
12315 char *save_file_name
;
12317 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12318 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12319 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12322 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12323 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12324 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12327 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12328 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12329 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12330 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12332 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12336 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12337 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12338 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12339 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12340 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12346 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
12348 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12350 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12352 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12353 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12354 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12355 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12356 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12357 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12359 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12366 init_file_table (void)
12368 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12369 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12370 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12372 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12373 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12374 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12375 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12378 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12379 and record information relating to this source line, in
12380 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12383 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
12385 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12388 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12390 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12391 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12392 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12395 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12397 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12399 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12401 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12402 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12404 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12405 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12407 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12408 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12409 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12411 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12413 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12414 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12415 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12417 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12418 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12419 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12421 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12422 separate_line_info_table
12423 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12424 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12425 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12426 memset (separate_line_info_table
12427 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
12429 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12430 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12433 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12435 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12436 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12437 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12438 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12442 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12444 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12445 line_info_table_in_use
);
12447 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12448 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12450 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12452 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12453 (line_info_table_allocated
12454 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12455 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12456 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12459 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12460 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12461 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12462 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12467 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12470 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
12472 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12474 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12475 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12477 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12478 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12481 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12483 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12484 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12485 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12487 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12488 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12489 "Filename we just started");
12493 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12496 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12498 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12499 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12500 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12502 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12504 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12505 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12509 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12510 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12511 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12514 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12515 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12517 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12519 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12520 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12521 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12522 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12526 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12527 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12528 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12531 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12532 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12534 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12536 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12537 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12538 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12539 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12543 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12546 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12548 init_file_table ();
12550 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12551 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12552 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12553 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12554 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12556 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12557 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12559 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12560 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12561 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12562 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12563 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12564 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12566 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12567 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12568 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12569 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12571 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12572 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12574 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12575 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12576 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12577 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12578 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12579 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12580 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12582 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12584 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12586 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12587 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12588 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12589 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12590 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12592 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12594 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12595 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12596 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12597 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12598 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12599 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12600 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12601 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12602 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12603 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12604 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12605 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12607 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12609 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12610 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12611 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12612 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12615 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12618 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12622 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12623 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12626 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12628 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12630 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12632 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12633 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12634 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12642 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12643 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12646 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
12650 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12651 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12655 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12656 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12659 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
12663 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12665 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12667 /* A reference to another DIE.
12668 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12669 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12671 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12673 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12674 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12675 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12681 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12682 to DIE's children. */
12685 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
12689 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12691 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12694 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12695 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12696 if (die
->die_parent
)
12697 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12699 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12700 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12702 /* If this node is a specification,
12703 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
12704 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
12705 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
12708 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12710 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12711 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12715 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12717 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12718 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12719 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12720 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12722 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12728 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12731 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
12735 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12739 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12740 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12741 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12742 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12743 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12744 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12745 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12746 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12747 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12748 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12749 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12750 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12751 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12752 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12753 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12754 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12755 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12756 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12757 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12758 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12759 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12763 /* Mark everything else. */
12769 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12770 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12772 /* Mark children. */
12773 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12774 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12778 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12781 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
12783 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
12784 if (!die
->die_mark
)
12788 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
12793 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
12801 die
->die_child
= n
;
12808 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12811 prune_unused_types (void)
12814 limbo_die_node
*node
;
12816 /* Clear all the marks. */
12817 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12818 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12819 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12821 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12822 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
12823 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12824 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
12826 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12827 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12828 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
12829 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
12830 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
12831 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
12833 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12834 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
12835 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12836 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
12838 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12839 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12840 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12841 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12844 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12845 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12848 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
12850 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
12851 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
12853 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12854 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12855 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
12856 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
12857 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12858 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
12861 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
12862 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
12863 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12864 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
12866 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12871 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12872 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12873 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12874 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12876 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
12878 next_node
= node
->next
;
12881 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12883 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
12887 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
12888 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
12890 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12891 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12892 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12893 else if (node
->created_for
12894 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
12895 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
12897 (node
->created_for
)))))
12898 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12899 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
12900 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12901 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
12902 else if (node
->created_for
12903 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
12904 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
12905 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
12906 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
12907 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12909 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12910 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12911 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12912 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12913 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12914 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
12917 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12924 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
12926 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12927 emit full debugging info for them. */
12928 retry_incomplete_types ();
12930 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12931 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12932 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12934 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
12935 prune_unused_types ();
12937 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12938 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12939 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12940 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
12942 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12943 that have children. */
12944 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
12945 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12946 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
12948 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12950 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12952 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12953 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12954 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12955 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12956 examining the file. */
12957 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12959 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12960 output_line_info ();
12963 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12964 if (have_location_lists
)
12966 /* Output the location lists info. */
12967 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12968 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
12969 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12970 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
12971 output_location_lists (die
);
12972 have_location_lists
= 0;
12975 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12977 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
12979 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
12980 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
12983 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12984 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12985 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
12986 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
12988 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12989 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
12990 debug_line_section_label
);
12992 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12993 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
12995 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12996 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12997 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12998 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
13000 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
13002 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13003 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13004 output_abbrev_section ();
13006 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13007 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
13009 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13010 output_pubnames ();
13013 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13014 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13015 if (fde_table_in_use
)
13017 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13021 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13022 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
13024 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13025 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
13029 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13030 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13032 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13033 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13034 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13037 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13039 if (debug_str_hash
)
13040 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
13044 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13045 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
13047 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13049 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"